blob: c6b179cb627217e63d5b6967ce88651211538697 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000423- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
425
426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
432 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000435 default environment.
436
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
442
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200444
445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
447 concepts).
448
449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
450 * New libfdt-based support
451 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400453
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200460
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
462 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500463
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
465
466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000468
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
470
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
473
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
475
476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
482
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
484
485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
492
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100493- vxWorks boot parameters:
494
495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
505
506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
507
508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
509 the defaults discussed just above.
510
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000511- Cache Configuration:
512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
515
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000516- Cache Configuration for ARM:
517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
518 controller
519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
520 controller register space
521
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000524
525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
526
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
530
531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
532
533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
534 the clock speed of the UARTs.
535
536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
537
538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
541
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
543
544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
546 this variable to initialize the extra register.
547
548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
549
550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
552 variable to flush the UART at init time.
553
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560
561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
562 port routines must be defined elsewhere
563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
564
565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042, board/eltec/bab7xx)
568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
569 (default big endian)
570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
571 rectangle fill
572 (cf. smiLynxEM)
573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
576 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
585 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
587 (i.e. i8042_getc)
588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
589 (requires blink timer
590 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
593 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
596 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
598 linux_logo.h for logo.
599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000602 the logo
603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
606 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000607
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
610 the "silent" environment variable. See
611 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613- Console Baudrate:
614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
615 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100619- Console Rx buffer length
620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
625 the SMC.
626
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000627- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200636 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000637
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000640
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
642 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
643 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
644
645 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
646 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
647 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
648 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
649 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
650 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
651 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
652 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
653 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
654 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
655 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
656 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
657
658- Autoboot Command:
659 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
660 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
661 define a command string that is automatically executed
662 when no character is read on the console interface
663 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
664
665 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000666 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
667 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
668 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000669
670 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000671 The value of these goes into the environment as
672 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
673 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200674 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675
676- Pre-Boot Commands:
677 CONFIG_PREBOOT
678
679 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
680 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
681 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
682 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
683 entering interactive mode.
684
685 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
686 automatically generated or modified. For an example
687 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
688 modified when the user holds down a certain
689 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
690 booting the systems
691
692- Serial Download Echo Mode:
693 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
694 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
695 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
696 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
697 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
698 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
699 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
700
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500701- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
703 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200704 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000705
706- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500707 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
708 from the build by using the #include files
709 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
710 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
711 and augmenting with additional #define's
712 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500714 The default command configuration includes all commands
715 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000716
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500717 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500718 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
719 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
720 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
721 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
722 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
723 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
724 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500725 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500726 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
727 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
728 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600729 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
730 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
731 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
732 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
734 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500735 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500736 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
737 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500738 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500739 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500740 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
741 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
742 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
743 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
744 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500745 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000746 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500747 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
748 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
749 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
750 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
751 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
752 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
755 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
756 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
757 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500758 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500759 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
760 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400761 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
762 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500763 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
764 loop, loopw, mtest
765 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
766 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
767 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100768 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
770 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600771 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
772 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
774 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
775 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
776 host
777 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
778 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
779 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
780 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
781 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
782 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
783 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
784 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
785 (4xx only)
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100786 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400787 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200788 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000790 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000791 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500792 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
794 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000795
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000796
797 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
798 support you can write:
799
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500800 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
801 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400803 Other Commands:
804 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000805
806 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500807 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000808 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
809 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
810 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
811 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
812 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
813 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814
815
816 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
817
818- Watchdog:
819 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
820 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000821 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
822 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
823 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
824 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
825 available, then no further board specific code should
826 be needed to use it.
827
828 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
829 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
830 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
831 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000833- U-Boot Version:
834 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
835 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
836 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
837 version as printed by the "version" command.
838 This variable is readonly.
839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000840- Real-Time Clock:
841
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500842 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000843 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
844 following options:
845
846 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
847 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Guennadi Liakhovetski7ce63702008-04-15 14:15:30 +0200848 CONFIG_RTC_MC13783 - use MC13783 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000849 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000850 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000852 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000853 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100854 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000855 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200856 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200857 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
858 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000859
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000860 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
861 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
862
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600863- GPIO Support:
864 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
865 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
866
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000867 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
868 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
869 pins supported by a particular chip.
870
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600871 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
872 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874- Timestamp Support:
875
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000876 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
877 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
878 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000880
881- Partition Support:
882 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400883 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000884
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100885 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
886 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
887 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888
889- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000890 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
891 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000892
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000893 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
894 be performed by calling the function
895 ide_set_reset(int reset)
896 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898- ATAPI Support:
899 CONFIG_ATAPI
900
901 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
902
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000903- LBA48 Support
904 CONFIG_LBA48
905
906 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100907 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000908 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
909 support disks up to 2.1TB.
910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200911 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000912 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
913 Default is 32bit.
914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915- SCSI Support:
916 At the moment only there is only support for the
917 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
918 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200920 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
921 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
922 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000923 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
924 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200925 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000926
927- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000928 CONFIG_E1000
929 Support for Intel 8254x gigabit chips.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000930
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100931 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200932 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100933
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000934 CONFIG_EEPRO100
935 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200936 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937 write routine for first time initialisation.
938
939 CONFIG_TULIP
940 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
941 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
942 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
943
944 CONFIG_NATSEMI
945 Support for National dp83815 chips.
946
947 CONFIG_NS8382X
948 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
949
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000950- NETWORK Support (other):
951
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100952 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
953 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
954
955 CONFIG_RMII
956 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
957
958 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
959 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
960 The driver doen't show link status messages.
961
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000962 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
963 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
964
965 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
966 Define this to hold the physical address
967 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
968
969 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
970 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
971
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000972 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
973 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
974
975 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
976 Define this to hold the physical address
977 of the device (I/O space)
978
979 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
980 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
981
982 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
983 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
984 (some hardware wont work with macros)
985
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800986 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
987 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
988
989 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
990 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
991 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
992 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
993 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
994 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
995 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
996 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
997
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +0200998 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +0200999 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1000
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001001 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001002 Define this to hold the physical address
1003 of the device (I/O space)
1004
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001005 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001006 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1007
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001008 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001009 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1010 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001011 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001012
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001013 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1014 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1015
1016 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1017 Define the number of ports to be used
1018
1019 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1020 Define the ETH PHY's address
1021
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001022 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1023 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1024
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025- USB Support:
1026 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001027 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1029 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001030 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001031 storage devices.
1032 Note:
1033 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1034 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001035 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1036 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1037 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001038 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1039 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001040 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1041 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1042 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001043 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1044 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001045 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001046 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1047 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001048
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001049- USB Device:
1050 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1051 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1052 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001053 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001054 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1055 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001056 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001057 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1058 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1059 a Linux host by
1060 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1061 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1062 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1063 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001064
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001065 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1066 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001068 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1069 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1070 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001072 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001073 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1074 be set to usbtty.
1075
1076 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001077 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001078 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001079 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001081 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001082 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001083 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001084
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001085 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001086 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001087 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001088 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1089 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1090 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1091
1092 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1093 Define this string as the name of your company for
1094 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001095
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001096 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1097 Define this string as the name of your product
1098 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1099
1100 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1101 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1102 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1103 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1104 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001105
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001106 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1107 Define this as the unique Product ID
1108 for your device
1109 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110
1111
1112- MMC Support:
1113 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1114 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1115 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1116 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001117 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1118 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001120 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1121 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1122
1123 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1124 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1125
1126 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1127 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1128
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001129- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1130 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1131 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1132 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001134 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1135 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001136 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001138 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001139 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1140 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1141
1142 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001143 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001144 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1145 have not defined a custom partition
1146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001147- Keyboard Support:
1148 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1149
1150 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1151 support
1152
1153 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1154 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1155 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1156 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1157 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1158
1159- Video support:
1160 CONFIG_VIDEO
1161
1162 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1163 video).
1164
1165 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1166
1167 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1168
1169 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001170 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001171 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1172 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1173 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001174
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001175 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001176 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001177 are possible:
1178 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001179 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001180
1181 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1182 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1183 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1184 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1185 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1186 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1187 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001188 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1189
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001190 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001191 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001192
1193
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001194 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001195 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001196 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1197 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1198
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001199 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001200 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001201 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1202 support, and should also define these other macros:
1203
1204 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1205 CONFIG_VIDEO
1206 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1207 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1208 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1209 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1210 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1211 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1212
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001213 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1214 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1215 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1216 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001217
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001218- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001219 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001220
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001221 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1222 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1223 defined in your board-specific files.
1224 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001226- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1227
1228 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1229 display); also select one of the supported displays
1230 by defining one of these:
1231
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001232 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1233
1234 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1235
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001236 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001237
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001238 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001239
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001240 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001242 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1243 Active, color, single scan.
1244
1245 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1246
1247 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001248 Active, color, single scan.
1249
1250 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1251
1252 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1253 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1254
1255 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1256
1257 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1258 Active, color, single scan.
1259
1260 CONFIG_HLD1045
1261
1262 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1263 Active, color, single scan.
1264
1265 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1266
1267 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1268 or
1269 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1270 or
1271 Hitachi SP14Q002
1272
1273 320x240. Black & white.
1274
1275 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001276 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001277
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001278- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001279
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001280 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1281 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1282 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001283 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001284 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1285 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1286 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1287 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001288
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001289 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1290
1291 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1292 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1293 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1294 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1295 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1296 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1297
1298 Example:
1299 setenv splashpos m,m
1300 => image at center of screen
1301
1302 setenv splashpos 30,20
1303 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1304
1305 setenv splashpos -10,m
1306 => vertically centered image
1307 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1308
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001309- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1310
1311 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1312 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1313 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1314
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001315- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1316
1317 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1318 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1319 bmp command.
1320
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001321- Compression support:
1322 CONFIG_BZIP2
1323
1324 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1325 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1326 compressed images are supported.
1327
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001328 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001329 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001330 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001331
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001332 CONFIG_LZMA
1333
1334 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1335 images is included.
1336
1337 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1338 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1339 formula:
1340
1341 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1342
1343 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1344 and Literal pos bits.
1345
1346 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1347 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1348 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1349 a very small buffer.
1350
1351 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1352 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001353 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001354
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001355- MII/PHY support:
1356 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1357
1358 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1359
1360 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1361
1362 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1363
1364 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1365
1366 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001367 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001368
1369 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1370
1371 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1372 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1373 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1374 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1375
1376 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1377
1378 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1379 command issued before MII status register can be read
1380
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001381- Ethernet address:
1382 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001383 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001384 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1385 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001386 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1387 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001388
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001389 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1390 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001391 is not determined automatically.
1392
1393- IP address:
1394 CONFIG_IPADDR
1395
1396 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001397 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001398 determined through e.g. bootp.
1399
1400- Server IP address:
1401 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1402
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001403 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1405
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001406 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1407
1408 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1409 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1410
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001411- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1412 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1413
1414 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1415 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001416 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001417 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1418 multicast group.
1419
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001420- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1421 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1422
1423 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1424 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1425 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1426 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1427 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1428 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1429 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1430 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001431 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001432
1433 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1434 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1435 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1436 4th and following
1437 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1438
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001439- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001440 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1441 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001442
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001443 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1444 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1445 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1446 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1447 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1448 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1449 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1450 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1451 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1452 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1453 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1454 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001455
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001456 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1457 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001458
1459 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1460 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1461 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1462 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1463 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1464 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1465 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001466 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001467
1468 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1469 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1470 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001471 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001472 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1473 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001474
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001475 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1476
1477 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1478 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1479 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1480 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1481 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1482 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1483 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1484 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1485 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1486 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1487 this delay.
1488
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001489 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001490 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001491
1492 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1493
1494 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1495
1496 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1497 of the device.
1498
1499 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1500
1501 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1502 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001503 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001504
1505 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1506
1507 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1508 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1509
1510 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1511
1512 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1513
1514 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1515
1516 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1517
1518 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1519
1520 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1521
1522 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1523
1524 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1525 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1526
1527 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1528
1529 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1530
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1532
1533 Several configurations allow to display the current
1534 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1535 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1536 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1537 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1538 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1539 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1540 feature in U-Boot.
1541
1542- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1543
1544 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1545 on those systems that support this (optional)
1546 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1547
1548- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1549
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001550 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001551 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001552 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001553
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001554 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001555 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001556 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1557 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001558 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001559
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001560 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001561
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001562 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001563 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1564 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001565
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001566 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001567 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001569 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001570 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001571 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001572 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001573
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001574 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001575 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001576 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1577 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1578 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001579
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001580 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1581
1582 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1583 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1584 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1585 commands until the slave device responds.
1586
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001587 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001588
1589 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1590 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1591 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001592
1593 I2C_INIT
1594
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001595 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001596 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001597
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001598 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001600 I2C_PORT
1601
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001602 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1603 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1604 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001605
1606 I2C_ACTIVE
1607
1608 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1609 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1610 define can be null.
1611
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001612 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1613
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001614 I2C_TRISTATE
1615
1616 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1617 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1618 define can be null.
1619
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001620 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1621
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001622 I2C_READ
1623
1624 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1625 FALSE if it is low.
1626
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001627 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1628
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001629 I2C_SDA(bit)
1630
1631 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1632 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1633
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001634 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001635 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001636 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001637
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638 I2C_SCL(bit)
1639
1640 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1641 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1642
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001643 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001644 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001645 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001646
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001647 I2C_DELAY
1648
1649 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1650 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001651 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001652 like:
1653
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001654 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001655
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001656 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1657
1658 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1659 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1660 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1661 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1662
1663 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1664 the generic GPIO functions.
1665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001666 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001667
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001668 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1669 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1670 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1671 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1672 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1673 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1674 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1675 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001676
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001677 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1678
1679 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1680 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1681 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1682 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1683 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1684 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1685 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1686 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1687
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001688 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1689
1690 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1691 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1692 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1693
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001694 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1695
1696 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
1697 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1698 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
1699 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001701 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001702
1703 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001704 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1705 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1706 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001707
1708 e.g.
1709 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001710 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001711
1712 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1713
1714 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001715 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001716
1717 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001719 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001720
1721 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1722 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001724 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001725
1726 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1727 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001729 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001730
1731 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1732 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001734 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001735
1736 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1737 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1738 specified DTT device.
1739
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001740 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1741
1742 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001743 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001744
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001745 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1746
1747 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1748 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1749 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1750 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1751 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1752 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1753
1754 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1755 feature!
1756
1757 Example:
1758 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1759 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1760 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1761
1762 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1763
1764 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1765 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1766
1767 => i2c bus
1768 Busses reached over muxes:
1769 Bus ID: 2
1770 reached over Mux(es):
1771 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1772 Bus ID: 3
1773 reached over Mux(es):
1774 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1775 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1776 =>
1777
1778 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001779 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1780 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001781 the channel 4.
1782
1783 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001784 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001785 the 2 muxes.
1786
1787 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1788 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1789 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1790 to add this option to other architectures.
1791
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001792 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1793
1794 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1795 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1796 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1797 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1798 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1799 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1800 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001801
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001802- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1803
1804 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1805 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1806 D/As on the SACSng board)
1807
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001808 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1809
1810 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1811 only SH7757 is supported.
1812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813 CONFIG_SPI_X
1814
1815 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1816 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1817
1818 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1819
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001820 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1821 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1822 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1823 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1824 defined, the board configuration must define several
1825 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1826 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001827
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001828 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1829
1830 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1831 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1832 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
1833 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
1834 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1835
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001836 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1837
1838 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
1839 SoCs. Currently only i.MX31 is supported.
1840
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001841- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1842
1843 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1844
1845 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1846
1847 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1848 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1849
1850 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1851
1852 Enables support for FPGA family.
1853 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1854
1855 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001856
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001857 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001859 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001860
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001861 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001863 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001864
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001865 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1866 status by the configuration function. This option
1867 will require a board or device specific function to
1868 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001869
1870 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1871
1872 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1873 configuration driver.
1874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001875 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001876 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001878 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001880 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1881 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1882 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1883 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001885 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001886
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001887 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1888 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
1889 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001890 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001892 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001893
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001894 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001895 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001897 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001899 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001900 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901
1902- Configuration Management:
1903 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1904
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001905 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1906 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
1908- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1909
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001910 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1911 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001912 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001913 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1914 protects these variables from casual modification by
1915 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1916 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001917 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918
1919 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1920 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001921 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922 these parameters.
1923
1924 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
1925 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001926 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001927 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1928 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1929 read-only.]
1930
1931- Protected RAM:
1932 CONFIG_PRAM
1933
1934 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1935 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1936 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1937 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1938 this default value by defining an environment
1939 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1940 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
1941 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
1942 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
1943 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
1944 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
1945 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
1946
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01001947 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001948 saveenv
1949
1950 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
1951 either, which results in a memory region that will
1952 not be affected by reboots.
1953
1954 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
1955 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
1956 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
1957 following board configurations are known to be
1958 "pRAM-clean":
1959
1960 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
1961 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02001962 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
1964- Error Recovery:
1965 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
1966
1967 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
1968 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
1969 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001970 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001971 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
1972 useful during development since you can try to debug
1973 the conditions that lead to the situation.
1974
1975 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
1976
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001977 This variable defines the number of retries for
1978 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
1979 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
1980 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001981
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02001982 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
1983
1984 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
1985
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02001987 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00001988
1989 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
1990
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01001991 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
1992 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02001993
1994
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001995 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001996
1997 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
1998 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
1999 powerful command line syntax like
2000 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2001 constructs ("shell scripts").
2002
2003 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2004 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2005
2006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002007 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
2009 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2010 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2011 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2012
2013 Note:
2014
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002015 In the current implementation, the local variables
2016 space and global environment variables space are
2017 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2018 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2019 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2020 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2021 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002022
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002023 Global environment variables are those you use
2024 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2025 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2026 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002027
2028 To store commands and special characters in a
2029 variable, please use double quotation marks
2030 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2031 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2032 symbols.
2033
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002034- Commandline Editing and History:
2035 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2036
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002037 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002038 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002039
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002040- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002041 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2042
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002043 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2044 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002045 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002046
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002047 For example, place something like this in your
2048 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002049
2050 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2051 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2052 "myvar2=value2\0"
2053
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002054 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2055 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2056 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2057 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002058 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002059 You better know what you are doing here.
2060
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002061 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2062 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002063 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002064 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002066- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002067 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2068
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002069 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2070 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2071 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002072
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002073- SystemACE Support:
2074 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2075
2076 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2077 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002078 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002079 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002080
2081 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002082 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002083
2084 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2085 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2086
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002087- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2088 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2089
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002090 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002091 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002092 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002093 number generator is used.
2094
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002095 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2096 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2097 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2098
2099 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002100 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2101 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2102 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2103 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2104 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2105 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2106
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002107- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2109
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002110 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2111 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2112 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2113 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2114 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2115 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002116
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002117Legacy uImage format:
2118
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002119 Arg Where When
2120 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002121 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002123 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002124 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002125 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2127 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2128 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002129 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002130 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2131 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2132 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2133 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002134 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002136
2137 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2138 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2139 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2140 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2141 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2142 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2143 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002144 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002145 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2146 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2147
Peter Tyserea0364f2010-04-12 22:28:04 -05002148 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002149
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002150 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002151 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2152 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002153
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002154 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2155 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2156 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2157 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2158 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2159 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2160 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2161 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2162 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2163 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2164 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2165 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2166 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2167 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2168 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2169 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2170 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2171 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2172 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2173 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2174 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2175 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2176 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2177 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2178 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2179 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2180 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2181 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2182 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2183 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2184 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2185 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2186 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2187 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2188 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2189 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2190 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2191 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2192 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2193 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2194 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2195 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2196 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2197 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2198 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2199 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2200 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002201
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002202 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002203
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002204 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002205 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2206 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002207
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002208 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2209 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002210 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002211 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2212 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2213 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002214 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2215 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002216 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002218FIT uImage format:
2219
2220 Arg Where When
2221 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2222 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2223 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2224 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2225 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2226 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002227 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002228 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2229 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2230 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2231 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2232 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002233 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2234 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002235 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2236 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2237 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2238 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2239 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2240 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2241 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2242 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2243
2244 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2245 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2246 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002247 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002248 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2249 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2250 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2251 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2252 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2253 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2254 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2255 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2256 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2257 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2258 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2259 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2260
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002261 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002262 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2263
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002264 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002265 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2266
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002267 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002268 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2269
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002270- Standalone program support:
2271 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2272
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002273 This option defines a board specific value for the
2274 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2275 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002276 settings.
2277
2278- Frame Buffer Address:
2279 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2280
2281 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2282 address for frame buffer.
2283 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2284 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002285 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002286
2287 Please see board_init_f function.
2288
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002289- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2290 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2291 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2292 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2293
2294 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2295 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2296
2297- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2298 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2299
2300 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2301 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2302
2303 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2304
2305 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2306 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2307
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002308- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002309 CONFIG_SPL
2310 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002311
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002312 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2313 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002314
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002315 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2316 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002317
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002318 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2319 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002320
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002321 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2322 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002323
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002324 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2325 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002326
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002327 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2328 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002329
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002330 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2331 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002332
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002333 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2334 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002335
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002336 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2337 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002338
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002339 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2340 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002341
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002342 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2343 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002344
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002345 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2346 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002347
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002348Modem Support:
2349--------------
2350
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002351[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002353- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002354 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2355
2356- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2357 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2358
2359- Modem debug support:
2360 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2361
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002362 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2363 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002364
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002365- Interrupt support (PPC):
2366
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002367 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2368 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002369 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002370 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002371 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002372 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002373 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002374 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2375 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2376 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002377
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002378- General:
2379
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002380 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2381 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2382 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002383 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002384 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2385 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2386 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002387
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002388 If there are no modem init strings in the
2389 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2390 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002391 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002392
2393 See also: doc/README.Modem
2394
2395
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002396Configuration Settings:
2397-----------------------
2398
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002399- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002400 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2401
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002402- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2403 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002405- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406 prompt for user input.
2407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002408- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002410- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002412- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002414- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002415 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2416 booted
2417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002418- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002419 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002421- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002422 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002424- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002425 If the board specific function
2426 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2427 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002428 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002430- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002431 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002433- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002434 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002436- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002437 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2438 simple memory test.
2439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002440- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002441 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002443- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002444 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2445 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002447- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2448 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002449 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002450 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002451 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2452 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2453 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002454 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002455 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002456 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002457
2458 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2459 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2460 be touched.
2461
2462 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2463 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2464 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2465 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2466 problems.
2467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002468- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002469 Default load address for network file downloads
2470
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002471- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002472 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002474- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002477- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002478 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2479 Cogent motherboard)
2480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002481- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002482 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002484- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2486 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002487 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002488 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002490- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002491 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2492 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2493 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2494 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002496- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002497 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002499- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002500 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2501 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002503 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002505- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2507 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002508 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2509 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2510 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2511 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002512 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
2513 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2514 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2515 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002517- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2518 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2519 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2520 is enabled.
2521
2522- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2523 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2524 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2525
2526- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2527 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2528 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002531 Max number of Flash memory banks
2532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002533- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002536- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002537 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002542- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002543 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002545- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002546 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002548- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002549 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2550 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002552- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
2554 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2555 without this option such a download has to be
2556 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2557 copy from RAM to flash.
2558
2559 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2560 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002561 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2562 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002565- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002566 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002567 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002569- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002570 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2571 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002573- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2574 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2575 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2576 to the MTD layer.
2577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002578- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002579 Use buffered writes to flash.
2580
2581- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2582 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2583 write commands.
2584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002585- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002586 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2587 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2588 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2589 optionally available.
2590
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002591- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2592 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2593 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2594 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002596- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002597 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2598 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002599 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2600 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002601 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002602 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2603
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002604- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2605
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002606 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2607 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2608 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2609 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2610 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002611
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2613of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2614following configurations:
2615
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002616- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2617
2618 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2619 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002621- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002622
2623 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2624
2625 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2626 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2627 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2628 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2629 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2630 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2631 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2632 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2633 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2634 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2635 between U-Boot and the environment.
2636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002637 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638
2639 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2640 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2641 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2642 for this sector is given here.
2643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002644 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002646 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002647
2648 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2649 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002650 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002652 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653
2654 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2655
2656
2657 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2658 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2659 the environment.
2660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002661 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002663 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002664 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002665 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2666 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2667
2668 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2669 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2670 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2671 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2672 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2673 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2674 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2675 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2676 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002678 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2679 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002680
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002681 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002682 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002683 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002684 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685
2686BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2687source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2688accordingly!
2689
2690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002691- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
2693 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2694 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2695 environment.
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002697 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2698 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002699
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002700 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2702 can just be read and written to, without any special
2703 provision.
2704
2705BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2706in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002707console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708U-Boot will hang.
2709
2710Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2711environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2712keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2713to save the current settings.
2714
2715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002716- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002717
2718 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2719 device and a driver for it.
2720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002721 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2722 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723
2724 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2725 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2726
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002727 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002728 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2729 The default address is zero.
2730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002731 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002732 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2733 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2734 would require six bits.
2735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002736 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002737 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002738 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002740 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002741 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2742 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002744 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002745 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2746 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2747 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2748 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2749 byte chips.
2750
2751 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2752 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2753 in the chip address.
2754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002755 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002756 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2757
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002758 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2759 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2760 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2761
2762 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2763 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2764 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2765 EEPROM. For example:
2766
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002767 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002768
2769 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2770 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002772- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002773
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002774 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002775 want to use for the environment.
2776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002777 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2778 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2779 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002780
2781 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2782 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2783 at the specified address.
2784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002785- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002786
2787 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2788 for the environment.
2789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002790 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2791 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002792
2793 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002794 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2795 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002796
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002797 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002799 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002800 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2801 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
2802 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
2803 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002804
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002805 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2806
2807 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2808 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2809 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2810 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2811 the range to be avoided.
2812
2813 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2814
2815 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2816 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2817 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2818 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2819 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002820
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002821- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2822
2823 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2824 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2825 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002827- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002828
2829 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2830 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2831 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2832 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2833 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2834 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2835 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2836
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002837Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02002839created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002840until then to read environment variables.
2841
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002842The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2843is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2844with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2845necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2846"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2847have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
2849Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2850the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002851use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002853- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002854 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002856 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002857 also needs to be defined.
2858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002859- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002860 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002862- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2863 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2864 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2865 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2866 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2867 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002869Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002870---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002872- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002875- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002876 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002877
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002878 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
2879 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
2880 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002881
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002882- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
2883 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
2884 PowerPC SOCs.
2885
2886- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
2887 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
2888 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
2889
2890 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
2891 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
2892
2893- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
2894 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
2895 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
2896 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
2897 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
2898 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
2899 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
2900
2901 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
2902 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
2903
2904- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002905 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
2906 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05002907 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2908 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2909
2910- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
2911 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
2912 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
2913 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
2914
2915- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
2916 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
2917 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
2918
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002919- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002920 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002921
2922 the default drive number (default value 0)
2923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002924 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002925
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002926 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002927 (default value 1)
2928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002929 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002930
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002931 defines the offset of register from address. It
2932 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002933 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002935 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
2936 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002937 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002940 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
2941 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
2942 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
2943 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00002944
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00002945- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
2946 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
2947 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
2948 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
2949 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
2950 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
2951 is requierd.
2952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002953- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00002954 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00002955 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002957- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002959 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
2961 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
2962 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
2963 will become available only after programming the
2964 memory controller and running certain initialization
2965 sequences.
2966
2967 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
2968 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
2969 - MPC824X: data cache
2970 - PPC4xx: data cache
2971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002972- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973
2974 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002975 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
2976 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002977 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02002978 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002979 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
2980 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
2981 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982
2983 Note:
2984 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
2985 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002986 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
2988 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
2989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002990- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002992- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002996- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002998- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003002- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003 SDRAM timing
3004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003005- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006 periodic timer for refresh
3007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003008- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003010- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3011 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3012 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3013 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003014 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3015
3016- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003017 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3018 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003019 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003021- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3022 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003023 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3024 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003026- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003027 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3028 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003030- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003031 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3032 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003035 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3036 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003038- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003039 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3040 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3041 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003043- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003044 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3045 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3046 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3047 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003049- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3050 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3051 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3052 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3053 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3054 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3055 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3056 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003057 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003058
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003059- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3060 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3061 required.
3062
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003063- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3064 Chip has SRIO or not
3065
3066- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3067 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3068
3069- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3070 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3071
3072- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3073 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3074
3075- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3076 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3077
3078- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3079 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3080
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003081- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3082 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3083 16 bit bus.
3084
3085- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3086 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3087 a default value will be used.
3088
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003089- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003090 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3091 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3092
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003093 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3094 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003097 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3098 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3099 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003100
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003101- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3102 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3103 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3104 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3105 header files or board specific files.
3106
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003107- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3108 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3109
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003110- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003111 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3112 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003113
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003114- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3115 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3116
3117- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3118 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003119 to the given FEC; i. e.
3120 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003121 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3122
3123 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3124
3125- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3126 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3127 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3128
3129- CONFIG_RMII
3130 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3131 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3132 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3133
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003134- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3135 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3136 The syntax is:
3137
3138 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3139
3140 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3141 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3142 area should have.
3143
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003144- CONFIG_LOOPW
3145 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003146 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003147
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003148- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3149 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3150 "md/mw" commands.
3151 Examples:
3152
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003153 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003154 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3155
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003156 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003157 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3158
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003159 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003160 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003161
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003162- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003163 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003164 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3165 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3166 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003167
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003168 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3169 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3170 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3171 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003172
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003173- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003174 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3175 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3176 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003177
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003178- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3179 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3180 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3181 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3182 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003184Building the Software:
3185======================
3186
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003187Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3188and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3189all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3190(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3191recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3192which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003193
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003194If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3195have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3196you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3197Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3198necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003200 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3201 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003203Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3204 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3205 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3206 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3207
3208 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3209
3210 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3211 be executed on computers running Windows.
3212
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003213U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3214sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215is done by typing:
3216
3217 make NAME_config
3218
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003219where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3220rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003222Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3223 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3224 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3225 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003226 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003227
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003228 make TQM823L_config
3229 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003231 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3232 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003234 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003237Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3238images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003240- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3241- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3242- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003244By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3245in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3246this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3247
32481. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3249
3250 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3251 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3252 make O=/tmp/build all
3253
32542. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3255
3256 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3257 make distclean
3258 make NAME_config
3259 make all
3260
3261Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3262variable.
3263
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003265Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3266for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3267native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003270If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3271to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3272steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000032741. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3275 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3276 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3277 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3278 keep this order.
32792. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3280 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3281 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
32823. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3283 your board
32843. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3285 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
32864. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
32875. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3288 to be installed on your target system.
32896. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3290 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003291
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003293Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3294==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003295
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003296If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3297or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003298provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3299the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003300official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003301
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003302But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3303cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003304the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3305just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003306for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3307select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3308environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3309you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003311 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003313or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003315 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003316
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003317When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3318U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3319setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3320built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3321<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3322location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3323variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003324
3325 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3326 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3327 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3328
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003329With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3330log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3331during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003332
3333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003334See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003337Monitor Commands - Overview:
3338============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003340go - start application at address 'addr'
3341run - run commands in an environment variable
3342bootm - boot application image from memory
3343bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3344tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3345 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3346 (and eventually "gatewayip")
3347rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3348diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3349loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3350loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3351md - memory display
3352mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3353nm - memory modify (constant address)
3354mw - memory write (fill)
3355cp - memory copy
3356cmp - memory compare
3357crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003358i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003359sspi - SPI utility commands
3360base - print or set address offset
3361printenv- print environment variables
3362setenv - set environment variables
3363saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3364protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3365erase - erase FLASH memory
3366flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3367bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3368iminfo - print header information for application image
3369coninfo - print console devices and informations
3370ide - IDE sub-system
3371loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003372loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003373mtest - simple RAM test
3374icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3375dcache - enable or disable data cache
3376reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3377echo - echo args to console
3378version - print monitor version
3379help - print online help
3380? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003381
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003383Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3384========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003386TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003388For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389
3390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003391Environment Variables:
3392======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003394U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3395can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003397Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3398"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3399without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3400environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3401working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3402environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003404Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3405
3406List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003408 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003410 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003412 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003414 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003416 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003418 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3419 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3420 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3421 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3422 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3423 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003424 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3425 bootm_mapsize.
3426
3427 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
3428 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3429 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3430 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3431 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3432 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3433 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003434
3435 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3436 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3437 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3438 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3439 environment variable.
3440
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003441 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3442 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3443 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003445 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3446 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3447 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3448 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003450 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3451 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3452 be automatically started (by internally calling
3453 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003455 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3456 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3457 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3458 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3459 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003460
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003461 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3462 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
3463 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3464 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3465 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3466 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3467 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3468 must be accessible by the kernel.
3469
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003470 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3471 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3472 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3473 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3474 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003476 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3477 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3478 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3479 is usually what you want since it allows for
3480 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3481 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003482 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003483 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3484 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3485 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3486 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003488 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3489 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3490 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3491 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3492 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3493 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003495 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003497 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3498 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3499 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3500 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3501 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3502 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3503 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003505 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003507 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3508 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003510 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003512 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003514 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003516 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003518 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003520 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003522 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3523 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003525 => setenv ethact FEC
3526 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3527 => setenv ethact SCC
3528 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003530 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3531 available network interfaces.
3532 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3533
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003534 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003535 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3536 When set to "once" the network operation will
3537 fail when all the available network interfaces
3538 are tried once without success.
3539 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3540 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003542 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003543
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003544 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003545 UDP source port.
3546
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003547 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3548 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3549
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003550 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3551 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3552
3553 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3554 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3555 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3556 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3557 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3558 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3559 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3560
3561 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003562 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003563 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003564
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003565The following image location variables contain the location of images
3566used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3567not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3568variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3569server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3570loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3571flash or offset in NAND flash.
3572
3573*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3574boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3575boards use these variables for other purposes.
3576
3577Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3578----- --------- ----------- --------------
3579u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3580Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3581device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3582ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
3583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003584The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3585updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3586depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003588 bootfile - see above
3589 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3590 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3591 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3592 hostname - Target hostname
3593 ipaddr - see above
3594 netmask - Subnet Mask
3595 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3596 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003597
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003599There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003601 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3602 as type string and/or serial number
3603 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003605These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3606the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3607once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
3609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003610Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003612 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3613 with the "version" command. This variable is
3614 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003617Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3618only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003621Command Line Parsing:
3622=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003624There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3625the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003627Old, simple command line parser:
3628--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003630- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3631- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003632- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003633- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3634 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003635 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003636- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3637 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003639Hush shell:
3640-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003642- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3643 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3644 until...do...done, ...
3645- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3646 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3647 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3648 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003650General rules:
3651--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3654 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3655 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3656 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003658(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003659 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3661 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003663Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3664=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003665
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003666Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003667such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3668"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003670Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3671MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3672"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003674If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3675in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3676ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3677variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003679o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3680 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003682o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3683 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3684 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3687 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003689o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3690 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3691 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003693o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3694 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003695
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003696If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
3697will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
3698may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3699The naming convention is as follows:
3700"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003702Image Formats:
3703==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003705U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3706images in two formats:
3707
3708New uImage format (FIT)
3709-----------------------
3710
3711Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3712to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3713components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3714SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3715
3716
3717Old uImage format
3718-----------------
3719
3720Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3721preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3722details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003724* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3725 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003726 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3727 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3728 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02003729* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003730 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3731 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003732* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3733* Load Address
3734* Entry Point
3735* Image Name
3736* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003738The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3739and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3740CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003741
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003742
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003743Linux Support:
3744==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003746Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3747easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3748U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003750U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3751special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3752"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3753instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3754serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003756- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3757 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3758 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003760- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3761 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003763- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3764 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3765 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3766 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3767 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3768 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003771Linux HOWTO:
3772============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3775---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003777U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3778configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3779(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3780Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003781
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003782But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003784Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3785include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02003786Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3787and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003788as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003791Configuring the Linux kernel:
3792-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3795device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003798Building a Linux Image:
3799-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
3802not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
3803"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
3804U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
3805which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
3806100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003808Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003810 make TQM850L_config
3811 make oldconfig
3812 make dep
3813 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003815The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
3816encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
3817CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003819* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
3824 -R .note -R .comment \
3825 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003829 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
3834 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
3835 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003836
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003838The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
3839with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
3840combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
3841byte header containing information about target architecture,
3842operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
3843stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003845"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
3846print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003848In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
3849contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
3850checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003852 tools/mkimage -l image
3853 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003855The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
3856from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003858 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
3859 -n name -d data_file image
3860 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
3861 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
3862 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
3863 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
3864 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
3865 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
3866 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
3867 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00003868
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00003869Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
3870address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
3871kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003873- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
3874- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003876So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003878 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3879 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003880 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003881 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
3882 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3883 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3884 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3885 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3886 Load Address: 0x00000000
3887 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003889To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003891 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
3892 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3893 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3894 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3895 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
3896 Load Address: 0x00000000
3897 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
3900speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
3901needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
3902need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003904 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003905 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
3906 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003907 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003908 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
3909 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
3910 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
3911 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
3912 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
3913 Load Address: 0x00000000
3914 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003917Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
3918when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
3921 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
3922 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
3923 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
3924 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
3925 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
3926 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
3927 Load Address: 0x00000000
3928 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003929
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003931Installing a Linux Image:
3932-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003934To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
3935you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003937 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00003938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003939The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
3940image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
3941address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
3942specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
3943command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003945Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
3946TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003948 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003950 .......... done
3951 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953 => loads 40100000
3954 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
3955 ~>examples/image.srec
3956 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
3957 ...
3958 15989 15990 15991 15992
3959 [file transfer complete]
3960 [connected]
3961 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
3963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003964You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003965this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003966corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003968 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
3971 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
3972 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
3973 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
3974 Load Address: 00000000
3975 Entry Point: 0000000c
3976 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
3978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003979Boot Linux:
3980-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
3983memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
3984of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
3985parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
3986"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
3988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003989 => printenv bootargs
3990 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003992 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994 => printenv bootargs
3995 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003997 => bootm 40020000
3998 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
3999 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4000 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4001 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4002 Load Address: 00000000
4003 Entry Point: 0000000c
4004 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4005 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4006 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4007 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4008 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4009 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4010 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4011 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004013If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004014the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4015format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004017 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4020 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4021 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4022 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4023 Load Address: 00000000
4024 Entry Point: 0000000c
4025 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4028 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4029 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4030 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4031 Load Address: 00000000
4032 Entry Point: 00000000
4033 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004035 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4036 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4037 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4038 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4039 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4040 Load Address: 00000000
4041 Entry Point: 0000000c
4042 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4043 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4044 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4045 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4046 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4047 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4048 Load Address: 00000000
4049 Entry Point: 00000000
4050 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4051 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4052 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4053 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4054 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4055 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4056 ...
4057 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4058 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004060 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004062Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4063-----------
4064
4065First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4066titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4067following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4068flat device tree:
4069
4070=> print oftaddr
4071oftaddr=0x300000
4072=> print oft
4073oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4074=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4075Speed: 1000, full duplex
4076Using TSEC0 device
4077TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4078Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4079Load address: 0x300000
4080Loading: #
4081done
4082Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4083=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4084Speed: 1000, full duplex
4085Using TSEC0 device
4086TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4087Filename 'uImage'.
4088Load address: 0x200000
4089Loading:############
4090done
4091Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4092=> print loadaddr
4093loadaddr=200000
4094=> print oftaddr
4095oftaddr=0x300000
4096=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4097## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004098 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4099 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4100 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004101 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004102 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004103 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4104 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4105Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4106Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4107Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4108[snip]
4109
4110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111More About U-Boot Image Types:
4112------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004114U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4117 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4118 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4119 the Standalone Program.
4120 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4121 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4122 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4123 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4124 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4125 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4126 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4127 being started.
4128 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4129 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4130 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4131 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4132 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4133 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4136 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4137 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4138 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4139 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4140 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004142 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4143 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4144 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004146 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4147 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4148 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4149 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004150
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152Standalone HOWTO:
4153=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4156run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4157U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161"Hello World" Demo:
4162-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004164'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4165application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4166It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4167like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004169 => loads
4170 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4171 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4172 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4173 [file transfer complete]
4174 [connected]
4175 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004177 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4178 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4179 Hello World
4180 argc = 7
4181 argv[0] = "40004"
4182 argv[1] = "Hello"
4183 argv[2] = "World!"
4184 argv[3] = "This"
4185 argv[4] = "is"
4186 argv[5] = "a"
4187 argv[6] = "test."
4188 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4189 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4194handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4195Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4196The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4197character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4198controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4201 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4202 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4203 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205 => loads
4206 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4207 ~>examples/timer.srec
4208 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4209 [file transfer complete]
4210 [connected]
4211 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213 => go 40004
4214 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4215 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4216 Using timer 1
4217 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219Hit 'b':
4220 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4221 Enabling timer
4222Hit '?':
4223 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4224 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4225Hit '?':
4226 [q, b, e, ?] .
4227 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4228Hit '?':
4229 [q, b, e, ?] .
4230 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4231Hit '?':
4232 [q, b, e, ?] .
4233 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4234Hit 'e':
4235 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4236Hit 'q':
4237 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
4239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240Minicom warning:
4241================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4244"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4245consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4246Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4247especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4248use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4251configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4254 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4255 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004256
4257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004258NetBSD Notes:
4259=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4262(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4265NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4266need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4267Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4268attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4269missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4272 # mkdir powerpc
4273 # ln -s powerpc machine
4274 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4275 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4278and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004280Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4281stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4282proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4283tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004284meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
4286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004287Implementation Internals:
4288=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004290The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4291implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4292inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4293hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
4295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296Initial Stack, Global Data:
4297---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4300starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4301system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4302This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4303is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4304at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4305options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4306models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4307MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4308locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004310 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004311 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4314 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4315 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4316 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004318 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4319 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4320 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4321 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4322 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004323 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4325 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004327 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4328 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004329 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4331 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4332 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4333 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004335 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004336 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4337 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004338 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004339 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4340 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4341 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4342 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4343 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004345 -Chris Hallinan
4346 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004348It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4349code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4352 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004353
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004354* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4356 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004358* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4359 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4362normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4363turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4364simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4365functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4366functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4367the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4368place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4369reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004371When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4372relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4373GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4376 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004377 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4379 R5-R10: parameter passing
4380 R13: small data area pointer
4381 R30: GOT pointer
4382 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004383
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004384 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4385 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4386 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004388 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4391 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4392 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4393 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4394 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4395 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004397On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004398 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4399
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004400 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004402On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404 R0: function argument word/integer result
4405 R1-R3: function argument word
4406 R9: GOT pointer
4407 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4408 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4409 R12: temporary workspace
4410 R13: stack pointer
4411 R14: link register
4412 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004416On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4417 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4418
4419 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4420
4421 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4422 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4423
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004424On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4425
4426 R0-R1: argument/return
4427 R2-R5: argument
4428 R15: temporary register for assembler
4429 R16: trampoline register
4430 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4431 R29: global pointer (GP)
4432 R30: link register (LP)
4433 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4434 PC: program counter (PC)
4435
4436 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4437
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004438NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4439or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441Memory Management:
4442------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004444U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4445MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004446
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004447The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4448controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4449memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4450physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004452U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4453TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4454booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4455to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004456memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4458Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4461of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4464this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4467 :
4468 0x0000 1FFF
4469 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4470 :
4471 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004473 :
4474 :
4475 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4476 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4477 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4478 :
4479 0x00FD FFFF
4480 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4481 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4482 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4483 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
4485
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004486System Initialization:
4487----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004490(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004491configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4492To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4493To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4494initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4495which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4496part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4497the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4500preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4501(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4502on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4503programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4504simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4505banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4508different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4509bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
45100x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4511contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4514and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4515Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4516pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4519until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4520running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4521new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004522
4523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524U-Boot Porting Guide:
4525----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4528list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
4530
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004531int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532{
4533 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004535 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4536 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004539 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540 return 0;
4541 }
4542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543 Download latest U-Boot source;
4544
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004545 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004547 if (clueless)
4548 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550 while (learning) {
4551 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004552 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4553 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004555 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004558 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4559 Buy a BDI3000;
4560 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004562
4563 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4564 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4565 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4566 } else {
4567 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4568 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004570 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4571 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004573 while (!accepted) {
4574 while (!running) {
4575 do {
4576 Add / modify source code;
4577 } until (compiles);
4578 Debug;
4579 if (clueless)
4580 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4581 }
4582 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4583 if (reasonable critiques)
4584 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4585 else
4586 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589 return 0;
4590}
4591
4592void no_more_time (int sig)
4593{
4594 hire_a_guru();
4595}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
4597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004598Coding Standards:
4599-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004602coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004603"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004605Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4606MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4607reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4608sources.
4609
4610Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4611Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4612in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613
4614Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4615- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004616- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004618- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4620
4621Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4622with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623
4624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625Submitting Patches:
4626-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4629establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4630may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004632Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004633
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004634Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4635see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4638it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4641 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4642 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4645 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4648
4649* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4650
4651* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004652 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004653
4654* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4655 document these in the README file.
4656
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004657* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4658 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004659 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004660 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4661 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004663 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4664 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4665 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004667 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4668 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4669 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4670 affected files).
4671
4672 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4673 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674
4675* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4676 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4677
4678* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4679 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4680
4681
4682Notes:
4683
4684* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4685 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4686 for any of the boards.
4687
4688* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4689 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4690 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4691
4692* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4693 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4694 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4695 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4696 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4697 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004698
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004699* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4700 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4701 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4702 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.